I Love the Arabic Language

{"id":10373475150,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Textbook: Level Pre-K 1 (From 3 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-textbook-level-pre-k-1-from-3-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach for teaching Arabic to non-native speakers and covers these educational levels: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-K 1 level, starting from 3 years old\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-K 2 level for 4-5 year-old\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eand KG 3 level for 5-6 year-old.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThis series presents the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum sees language as both a general skill and a set of specific actions a child should to learn through communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It takes a systematic, three-part approach. Each part has certain objectives, enabling the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of modern ways. \u003cbr\u003eThe system takes into account these three elements:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistic competence: this includes the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing; and the three elements of language: phonetic sounds, vocabulary and grammatical structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunicative competence: the ability to communicate with the people of language and writing words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCultural competence: looks at patterns of the Arab culture in an engaging and exciting manner for children in this age-level, helping Western children connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThis series concentrates on classic Arabic, without using spoken dialects. The curriculum uses guided-art methods and techniques (recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction), and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003eSupplemental audio CD is sold separately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3885#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:04+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:04+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 01\/01\/2009","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400575","Language: Arabic","Pages: 32","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488215950,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAPK1","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Textbook: Level Pre-K 1 (From 3 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":159,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":5,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400575"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_9676895e-2a87-40d5-b9f7-d49d8eed13fa.jpg?v=1515666718"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_9676895e-2a87-40d5-b9f7-d49d8eed13fa.jpg?v=1515666718","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach for teaching Arabic to non-native speakers and covers these educational levels: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-K 1 level, starting from 3 years old\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-K 2 level for 4-5 year-old\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eand KG 3 level for 5-6 year-old.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThis series presents the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum sees language as both a general skill and a set of specific actions a child should to learn through communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It takes a systematic, three-part approach. Each part has certain objectives, enabling the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of modern ways. \u003cbr\u003eThe system takes into account these three elements:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistic competence: this includes the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing; and the three elements of language: phonetic sounds, vocabulary and grammatical structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunicative competence: the ability to communicate with the people of language and writing words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCultural competence: looks at patterns of the Arab culture in an engaging and exciting manner for children in this age-level, helping Western children connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThis series concentrates on classic Arabic, without using spoken dialects. The curriculum uses guided-art methods and techniques (recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction), and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003eSupplemental audio CD is sold separately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3885#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373470542,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Workbook: Level Pre-K 1 (From 3 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-workbook-level-pre-k-1-from-3-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach for teaching Arabic to non-native speakers and covers these educational levels: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-K 1 level, starting from 3 years old\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-K 2 level for 4-5 year-old\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eand KG 3 level for 5-6 year-old.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThis series presents the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum sees language as both a general skill and a set of specific actions a child should to learn through communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It takes a systematic, three-part approach. Each part has certain objectives, enabling the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of modern ways. \u003cbr\u003eThe system takes into account these three elements:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistic competence: this includes the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing; and the three elements of language: phonetic sounds, vocabulary and grammatical structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunicative competence: the ability to communicate with the people of language and writing words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCultural competence: looks at patterns of the Arab culture in an engaging and exciting manner for children in this age-level, helping Western children connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThis series concentrates on classic Arabic, without using spoken dialects. The curriculum uses guided-art methods and techniques (recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction), and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003eSupplemental audio CD is sold separately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3886#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:31+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:32+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 01\/01\/2009","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400582","Language: Arabic","Pages: 32","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488166542,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAPKW1","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Workbook: Level Pre-K 1 (From 3 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":168,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":5,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400582"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_a246aa33-8562-4fce-bfa6-e4cc18aa3b6f.jpg?v=1515666719"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_a246aa33-8562-4fce-bfa6-e4cc18aa3b6f.jpg?v=1515666719","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach for teaching Arabic to non-native speakers and covers these educational levels: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-K 1 level, starting from 3 years old\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-K 2 level for 4-5 year-old\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eand KG 3 level for 5-6 year-old.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThis series presents the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum sees language as both a general skill and a set of specific actions a child should to learn through communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It takes a systematic, three-part approach. Each part has certain objectives, enabling the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of modern ways. \u003cbr\u003eThe system takes into account these three elements:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistic competence: this includes the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing; and the three elements of language: phonetic sounds, vocabulary and grammatical structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunicative competence: the ability to communicate with the people of language and writing words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCultural competence: looks at patterns of the Arab culture in an engaging and exciting manner for children in this age-level, helping Western children connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThis series concentrates on classic Arabic, without using spoken dialects. The curriculum uses guided-art methods and techniques (recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction), and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003eSupplemental audio CD is sold separately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3886#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373477390,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Textbook: Level Pre-K 2 (4-5 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-textbook-level-pre-k-2-4-5-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach for teaching Arabic to non-native speakers and covers these educational levels: the Pre-K 1 level, starting from 3 years old; the Pre-K 2 level for 4-5 year-olds; and the KG 3 level for 5-6 year-olds. This series presents the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. \u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum sees language as both a general skill and a set of specific actions a child should to learn through communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It takes a systematic, three-part approach. Each part has certain objectives, enabling the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of modern ways. \u003cbr\u003eThe system takes into account these three elements:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistic competence: this includes the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing; and the three elements of language: phonetic sounds, vocabulary and grammatical structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunicative competence: the ability to communicate with the people of language and writing words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCultural competence: looks at patterns of the Arab culture in an engaging and exciting manner for children in this age-level, helping Western children connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThis series concentrates on classic Arabic, without using spoken dialects. The curriculum uses guided-art methods and techniques (recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction), and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote style=\"margin-right: 0px;\" dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eCombined Audio CD is sold separately.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3888#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:20+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:21+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 01\/01\/2009","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400797","Language: Arabic","Pages: 32","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488234510,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAPK2","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Textbook: Level Pre-K 2 (4-5 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":159,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":3,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400797"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_8a8d9401-624c-49d9-ab6d-d12847e6f62b.jpg?v=1515666732"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_8a8d9401-624c-49d9-ab6d-d12847e6f62b.jpg?v=1515666732","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach for teaching Arabic to non-native speakers and covers these educational levels: the Pre-K 1 level, starting from 3 years old; the Pre-K 2 level for 4-5 year-olds; and the KG 3 level for 5-6 year-olds. This series presents the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. \u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum sees language as both a general skill and a set of specific actions a child should to learn through communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It takes a systematic, three-part approach. Each part has certain objectives, enabling the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of modern ways. \u003cbr\u003eThe system takes into account these three elements:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistic competence: this includes the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing; and the three elements of language: phonetic sounds, vocabulary and grammatical structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunicative competence: the ability to communicate with the people of language and writing words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCultural competence: looks at patterns of the Arab culture in an engaging and exciting manner for children in this age-level, helping Western children connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nThis series concentrates on classic Arabic, without using spoken dialects. The curriculum uses guided-art methods and techniques (recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction), and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cblockquote style=\"margin-right: 0px;\" dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eCombined Audio CD is sold separately.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3888#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373477646,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Workbook: Level Pre-K 2 (4-5 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-workbook-level-pre-k-2-4-5-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach for teaching Arabic to non-native speakers and covers these educational levels: the Pre-K 1 level, starting from 3 years old; the Pre-K 2 level for 4-5 year-olds; and the KG 3 level for 5-6 year-olds. This series presents the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. \u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum sees language as both a general skill and a set of specific actions a child should to learn through communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It takes a systematic, three-part approach. Each part has certain objectives, enabling the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of modern ways. \u003cbr\u003eThe system takes into account these three elements:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistic competence: this includes the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing; and the three elements of language: phonetic sounds, vocabulary and grammatical structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunicative competence: the ability to communicate with the people of language and writing words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCultural competence: looks at patterns of the Arab culture in an engaging and exciting manner for children in this age-level, helping Western children connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003eThis series concentrates on classic Arabic, without using spoken dialects. The curriculum uses guided-art methods and techniques (recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction), and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003eSupplemental audio CD is sold separately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3887#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:21+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:22+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 01\/01\/2009","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400803","Language: Arabic","Pages: 32","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488236686,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAPKW2","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Workbook: Level Pre-K 2 (4-5 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":159,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":3,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400803"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_792740de-0891-451a-87b0-454aeaa574c6.jpg?v=1515666733"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_792740de-0891-451a-87b0-454aeaa574c6.jpg?v=1515666733","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach for teaching Arabic to non-native speakers and covers these educational levels: the Pre-K 1 level, starting from 3 years old; the Pre-K 2 level for 4-5 year-olds; and the KG 3 level for 5-6 year-olds. This series presents the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. \u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum sees language as both a general skill and a set of specific actions a child should to learn through communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It takes a systematic, three-part approach. Each part has certain objectives, enabling the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of modern ways. \u003cbr\u003eThe system takes into account these three elements:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistic competence: this includes the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing; and the three elements of language: phonetic sounds, vocabulary and grammatical structures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunicative competence: the ability to communicate with the people of language and writing words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCultural competence: looks at patterns of the Arab culture in an engaging and exciting manner for children in this age-level, helping Western children connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003eThis series concentrates on classic Arabic, without using spoken dialects. The curriculum uses guided-art methods and techniques (recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction), and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003eSupplemental audio CD is sold separately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3887#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339585294,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Textbook: level KG (5-6 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-textbook-level-kg-5-6-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eprovides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately. The curriculum \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003euses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eFeatures\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eFocuses on the communicative approach \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevelops thinking skills \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscusses the culture of the language in an attractive and objective way \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresents real-life situation lessons \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIslamic themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2897#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:06+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:06+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2012","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400025","ISBN: 2355400024","Language: Arabic","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220442766,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAK3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Textbook: level KG (5-6 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":306,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":9,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400025"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_7ea94041-6392-471f-a93d-09db30450520.jpg?v=1515666686"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_7ea94041-6392-471f-a93d-09db30450520.jpg?v=1515666686","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eprovides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately. The curriculum \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003euses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eFeatures\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eFocuses on the communicative approach \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevelops thinking skills \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscusses the culture of the language in an attractive and objective way \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresents real-life situation lessons \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIslamic themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2897#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339585870,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Workbook: KG level (5-6 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-workbook-kg-level-5-6-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eprovides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately. The curriculum \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003euses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eFeatures\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eFocuses on the communicative approach \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevelops thinking skills \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscusses the culture of the language in an attractive and objective way \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresents real-life situation lessons \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIslamic themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2898#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:10+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:10+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2010","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400032","ISBN: 2355400032","Language: Arabic","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220449102,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAKW3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Workbook: KG level (5-6 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":306,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":4,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400032"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_96203640-c3bb-40ea-b83a-b2eb35ededb3.jpg?v=1515666686"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_96203640-c3bb-40ea-b83a-b2eb35ededb3.jpg?v=1515666686","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eprovides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately. The curriculum \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003euses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eFeatures\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eFocuses on the communicative approach \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevelops thinking skills \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscusses the culture of the language in an attractive and objective way \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresents real-life situation lessons \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIslamic themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2898#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339585486,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Handwriting: KG level (5-6 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-handwriting-kg-level-5-6-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eprovides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately. The curriculum \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003euses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eFeatures\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFocuses on the communicative approach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevelops thinking skills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscusses the culture of the language in an attractive and objective way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresents real-life situation lessons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIslamic themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3027#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:07+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:08+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400940","Language: Arabic","Pages: 32","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":599,"price_min":599,"price_max":599,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220446158,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAKH3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Handwriting: KG level (5-6 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":599,"weight":176,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":4,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400049"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_235b920e-28d3-4740-b5af-4bae57610756.jpg?v=1515666687"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_235b920e-28d3-4740-b5af-4bae57610756.jpg?v=1515666687","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eprovides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately. The curriculum \u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003euses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e and takes into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eFeatures\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFocuses on the communicative approach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevelops thinking skills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscusses the culture of the language in an attractive and objective way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresents real-life situation lessons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIslamic themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3027#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373471566,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Teacher Book: KG Level (5-6 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-teacher-book-kg-level-5-6-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis teacher’s guide aims to provide teachers with the most efficient methods of teaching and achieving intended goals. General instruction areas and suggested ideas for teaching lessons make this guide a must-have for teachers. There is also a distributed schedule for the student book. The level 1 student book consists of 14 units with each unit divided into 3 lessons. Teachers can distribute lessons in 19 classes as follows: preparing level need 7 classes, teaching first new letter need 6 class and teaching the second new letter need 6 classes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents each lesson with the following instructions: 1) the expected goals should be achieved at the end of each lesson, 2) support materials help maintain the teaching process, 3) gradual approach for processing and teaching lessons.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3085#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:40+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:41+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (17.78 x 22.86)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400292","ISBN: 2355400296","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Pages: 244","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School"],"price":2999,"price_min":2999,"price_max":2999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488178254,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAKT3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Teacher Book: KG Level (5-6 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2999,"weight":399,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":5,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400292"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_436f3edc-ec5c-45a7-afbf-15d4f9977de5.jpg?v=1515666705"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_436f3edc-ec5c-45a7-afbf-15d4f9977de5.jpg?v=1515666705","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis teacher’s guide aims to provide teachers with the most efficient methods of teaching and achieving intended goals. General instruction areas and suggested ideas for teaching lessons make this guide a must-have for teachers. There is also a distributed schedule for the student book. The level 1 student book consists of 14 units with each unit divided into 3 lessons. Teachers can distribute lessons in 19 classes as follows: preparing level need 7 classes, teaching first new letter need 6 class and teaching the second new letter need 6 classes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents each lesson with the following instructions: 1) the expected goals should be achieved at the end of each lesson, 2) support materials help maintain the teaching process, 3) gradual approach for processing and teaching lessons.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3085#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339583758,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Textbook: Level 1","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-textbook-level-1","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eStudent Textbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 6 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 14 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eWorkbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e The patterns of exercises include: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies through out determine the position of letter sound and circle it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading: to read the new letters, words then expressions gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ellustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eHandwriting Book:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eTeacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2902#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:16:54+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:16:55+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400056","ISBN: 2355400059","Language: Arabic","Manual Price","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220435278,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAA1","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Textbook: Level 1","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":309,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":17,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400056"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_55574bb8-f74f-433d-a3e1-bb5c49780a16.jpg?v=1515666688"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_55574bb8-f74f-433d-a3e1-bb5c49780a16.jpg?v=1515666688","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eStudent Textbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 6 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 14 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eWorkbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e The patterns of exercises include: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies through out determine the position of letter sound and circle it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading: to read the new letters, words then expressions gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ellustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eHandwriting Book:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eTeacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2902#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339585934,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Workbook: Level 1","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-workbook-level-1","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Student Textbook:\u003c\/b\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 6 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 14 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/b\u003e The patterns of exercises include: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies through out determine the position of letter sound and circle it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading: to read the new letters, words then expressions gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ellustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003c\/b\u003e Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Teacher Case:\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB4.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2899#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:11+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:12+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2012","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400063","ISBN: 2355400067","Language: Arabic","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220452174,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAW1","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Workbook: Level 1","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":304,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":16,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400063"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_2f56b327-6f1f-44cb-af0b-cf1d7f58cfbb.jpg?v=1515666689"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_2f56b327-6f1f-44cb-af0b-cf1d7f58cfbb.jpg?v=1515666689","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Student Textbook:\u003c\/b\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 6 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 14 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/b\u003e The patterns of exercises include: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies through out determine the position of letter sound and circle it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading: to read the new letters, words then expressions gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ellustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003c\/b\u003e Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Teacher Case:\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB4.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2899#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373470670,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Handwriting: Level 1","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-handwriting-level-1","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cu\u003e\u003cb\u003eStudent Text:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 6 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 14 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eWorkbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e The patterns of exercises include:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies through out determine the position of letter sound and circle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading: to read the new letters, words then expressions gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eHandwriting Book:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eStudents practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eTeacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2905#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:33+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:34+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400070","Language: Arabic","Pages: 32","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":599,"price_min":599,"price_max":599,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488166670,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAH1","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Handwriting: Level 1","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":599,"weight":173,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":3,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400070"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_b1db5dac-92ed-4ab4-83ab-c6b5987ca5d0.jpg?v=1515666690"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_b1db5dac-92ed-4ab4-83ab-c6b5987ca5d0.jpg?v=1515666690","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cu\u003e\u003cb\u003eStudent Text:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 6 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 14 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eWorkbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e The patterns of exercises include:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies through out determine the position of letter sound and circle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading: to read the new letters, words then expressions gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eHandwriting Book:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eStudents practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eTeacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2905#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373471822,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Book: Level 1","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-teacher-book-level-1","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis teacher’s guide aims to provide teachers with the most efficient methods of teaching and achieving intended goals. General instruction areas and suggested ideas for teaching lessons make this guide a must-have for teachers. There is also a distributed schedule for the student book. The level 1 student book consists of 28 units with each unit divided into 6 lessons. Teachers can distribute lessons in 13 classes as follows: Dialog consists of 2 classes, conversation requires 1 class, new vocabulary takes 3 classes, reading and writing consist of 3 classes each, and composition is 1 class.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents each lesson with the following instructions: 1) the expected goals should be achieved at the end of each lesson, 2) support materials help maintain the teaching process, 3) gradual approach for processing and teaching lessons.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3115#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:41+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:42+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (17.78 x 22.86)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400308","ISBN: 235540030X","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Pages: 199","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School"],"price":2999,"price_min":2999,"price_max":2999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488182094,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAT1","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Book: Level 1","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2999,"weight":539,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":2,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400308"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_f84de72a-5dd8-4471-a77b-e1fa41adb476.jpg?v=1515666705"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_f84de72a-5dd8-4471-a77b-e1fa41adb476.jpg?v=1515666705","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis teacher’s guide aims to provide teachers with the most efficient methods of teaching and achieving intended goals. General instruction areas and suggested ideas for teaching lessons make this guide a must-have for teachers. There is also a distributed schedule for the student book. The level 1 student book consists of 28 units with each unit divided into 6 lessons. Teachers can distribute lessons in 13 classes as follows: Dialog consists of 2 classes, conversation requires 1 class, new vocabulary takes 3 classes, reading and writing consist of 3 classes each, and composition is 1 class.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents each lesson with the following instructions: 1) the expected goals should be achieved at the end of each lesson, 2) support materials help maintain the teaching process, 3) gradual approach for processing and teaching lessons.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3115#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339583950,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Textbook: Level 2","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-textbook-level-2","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eStudent Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 7 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eWorkbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e The patterns of exercises include:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eHandwriting Book:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eTeacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of:\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2903#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:16:55+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:16:56+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2010","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782911848858","Language: Arabic","Manual Price","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220437518,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAA2","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Textbook: Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":295,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":3,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400087"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_1e369ba5-873f-4b10-a66c-06fddc6deb3f.jpg?v=1515666691"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_1e369ba5-873f-4b10-a66c-06fddc6deb3f.jpg?v=1515666691","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eStudent Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 7 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eWorkbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e The patterns of exercises include:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eHandwriting Book:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eTeacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of:\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2903#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339586126,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Workbook: Level 2","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-workbook-level-2","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old.\u003cbr\u003eThree systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners.\u003cbr\u003eThis curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e1. Reading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003cbr\u003e2. Careful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003cbr\u003e3. A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Student Text:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 7 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Workbook:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include:\u003cbr\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions.\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003cbr\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text.\u003cbr\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003cbr\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStudents practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Teacher Case: \u003c\/b\u003eConsists of: Teacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003cbr\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003cbr\u003eAudio tapes\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB2.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2900#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:12+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:13+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Publishing Date: 01\/07\/2010","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400094","Language: Arabic","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220453518,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAW2","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Workbook: Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":304,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":11,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400094"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_99aa4fd9-52a4-4088-93ec-8c20fbc60cf3.jpg?v=1515666691"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_99aa4fd9-52a4-4088-93ec-8c20fbc60cf3.jpg?v=1515666691","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old.\u003cbr\u003eThree systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners.\u003cbr\u003eThis curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e1. Reading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003cbr\u003e2. Careful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003cbr\u003e3. A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Student Text:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 7 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Workbook:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include:\u003cbr\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions.\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003cbr\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text.\u003cbr\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003cbr\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStudents practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Teacher Case: \u003c\/b\u003eConsists of: Teacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003cbr\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003cbr\u003eAudio tapes\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB2.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2900#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339584910,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Handwriting: Level 2","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-handwriting-level-2","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old.\u003cbr\u003eThree systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners.\u003cbr\u003eThis curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e1. Reading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003cbr\u003e2. Careful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003cbr\u003e3. A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 7 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe patterns of exercises include:\u003cbr\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions.\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003cbr\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text.\u003cbr\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003cbr\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStudents practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e4. Teacher Case: \u003c\/span\u003eConsists of: Teacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003cbr\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003cbr\u003eAudio tapes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3367#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:03+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:04+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400100","ISBN: 2355400105","Language: Arabic","Pages: 32","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":599,"price_min":599,"price_max":599,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220440654,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAH2","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Handwriting: Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":599,"weight":176,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":7,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400100"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_c911731f-55a6-4ea6-9dbe-3d3259b383ef.jpg?v=1515666692"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_c911731f-55a6-4ea6-9dbe-3d3259b383ef.jpg?v=1515666692","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old.\u003cbr\u003eThree systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners.\u003cbr\u003eThis curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e1. Reading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003cbr\u003e2. Careful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003cbr\u003e3. A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 7 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: The Arabic language is introduced sound by sound to avoid difficulties that students may encounter while learning letters with similar appearance or sound.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe patterns of exercises include:\u003cbr\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions.\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003cbr\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text.\u003cbr\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003cbr\u003eWriting: Students practice writing letters and then joining them to become words. Illustrations help students to visualize words.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStudents practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold;\"\u003e4. Teacher Case: \u003c\/span\u003eConsists of: Teacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003cbr\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003cbr\u003eAudio tapes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3367#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373471950,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Book: Level 2","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-teacher-book-level-2","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis teacher’s guide aims to provide teachers with the most efficient methods of teaching and achieving intended goals. General instruction areas and suggested ideas for teaching lessons make this guide a must-have for teachers. There is also a distributed schedule for the student book. The level 1 student book consists of 16 units with each unit divided into 6 lessons. Teachers can distribute lessons in 17 classes as follows: Dialog consists of 3 classes, conversation requires 2 classes, new vocabulary takes 3 classes, reading and writing consist of 3 classes each, and composition is 4 classes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents each lesson with the following instructions: 1) the expected goals should be achieved at the end of each lesson, 2) support materials help maintain the teaching process, 3) gradual approach for processing and teaching lessons.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3116#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:43+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:44+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (17.78 x 22.86)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400315","ISBN: 2355400318","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Pages: 147","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School"],"price":2999,"price_min":2999,"price_max":2999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488182606,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAT2","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Book: Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2999,"weight":440,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400315"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_a9b1191a-c652-4c7f-a4dd-631e8af714e2.jpg?v=1515666706"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_a9b1191a-c652-4c7f-a4dd-631e8af714e2.jpg?v=1515666706","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis teacher’s guide aims to provide teachers with the most efficient methods of teaching and achieving intended goals. General instruction areas and suggested ideas for teaching lessons make this guide a must-have for teachers. There is also a distributed schedule for the student book. The level 1 student book consists of 16 units with each unit divided into 6 lessons. Teachers can distribute lessons in 17 classes as follows: Dialog consists of 3 classes, conversation requires 2 classes, new vocabulary takes 3 classes, reading and writing consist of 3 classes each, and composition is 4 classes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents each lesson with the following instructions: 1) the expected goals should be achieved at the end of each lesson, 2) support materials help maintain the teaching process, 3) gradual approach for processing and teaching lessons.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3116#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339584142,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Textbook: Level 3","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-textbook-level-3","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Student Text\u003c\/b\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 8 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2. Workbook: \u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003c\/b\u003e Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Teacher Case:\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB3.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2904#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:16:57+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:16:58+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782911848889","Language: Arabic","Manual Price","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220438414,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAA3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Textbook: Level 3","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":306,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":12,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400117"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_80a0a6e2-075b-42ca-8b07-d4414239e1f0.jpg?v=1515666693"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_80a0a6e2-075b-42ca-8b07-d4414239e1f0.jpg?v=1515666693","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Student Text\u003c\/b\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 8 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2. Workbook: \u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003c\/b\u003e Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Teacher Case:\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB3.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2904#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339586382,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Workbook: Level 3","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-workbook-level-3","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners.\u003cbr\u003eThis curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e1. Reading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect.\u003cbr\u003eRegular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003cbr\u003e2. Careful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003cbr\u003e3. A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Student Text: \u003c\/b\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 8 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include:\u003cbr\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions.\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003cbr\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text.\u003cbr\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003cbr\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eStudents practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Teacher Case:\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of: \u003cbr\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003cbr\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids.\u003cbr\u003eAudio tapes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB3.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#ff0000\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2901#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:14+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:15+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400124","Language: Arabic","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220453966,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAW3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Workbook: Level 3","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":308,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":12,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400124"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_6bddeccc-e99e-470f-a0b6-b9dfc486689e.jpg?v=1515666694"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_6bddeccc-e99e-470f-a0b6-b9dfc486689e.jpg?v=1515666694","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners.\u003cbr\u003eThis curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e1. Reading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect.\u003cbr\u003eRegular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003cbr\u003e2. Careful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003cbr\u003e3. A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Student Text: \u003c\/b\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 8 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include:\u003cbr\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions.\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization.\u003cbr\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text.\u003cbr\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003cbr\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eStudents practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Teacher Case:\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of: \u003cbr\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003cbr\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids.\u003cbr\u003eAudio tapes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB3.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#ff0000\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2901#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339585102,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Handwriting: Level 3","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-handwriting-level-3","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages: \u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003col\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Student Text\u003c\/b\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 8 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2. Workbook: \u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include: \u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003c\/b\u003e Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Teacher Case:\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of: \u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB3.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#ff0000\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2907#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:04+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:05+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400131","Language: Arabic","Pages: 32","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":599,"price_min":599,"price_max":599,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220440846,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAH3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Handwriting: Level 3","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":599,"weight":167,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":9,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400131"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_89d1a9ef-0576-4d54-8f80-d7445cfc72ca.jpg?v=1515666694"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_89d1a9ef-0576-4d54-8f80-d7445cfc72ca.jpg?v=1515666694","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages: \u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003col\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Student Text\u003c\/b\u003e The student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 8 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 16 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world. Each unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eReading Dialogue: Simple and short passages comprising linguistic structures of sounds, vocabulary, expressions, and syntax structures, aim to facilitate learning by teaching the language process and communication. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2. Workbook: \u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include: \u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eListening Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for new vocabularies and expressions. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary is listed to help with student memorization. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Phrases: More exercises to support the student text. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e3. Handwriting Book:\u003c\/b\u003e Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Teacher Case:\u003c\/b\u003e Consists of: \u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB3.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#ff0000\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=2907#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373472270,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Book: Level 3","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-teacher-book-level-3","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis teacher’s guide aims to provide teachers with the most efficient methods of teaching and achieving intended goals. General instruction areas and suggested ideas for teaching lessons make this guide a must-have for teachers. There is also a distributed schedule for the student book. The level 1 student book consists of 16 units with each unit divided into 7 lessons. Teachers can distribute lessons in 12 classes as follows: Dialog consists of 3 classes, conversation requires 2 classes, new vocabulary takes 2 classes, reading and writing consist of 3 classes each, grammar is 1 class and composition is 1 class.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents each lesson with the following instructions: 1) the expected goals should be achieved at the end of each lesson, 2) support materials help maintain the teaching process, 3) gradual approach for processing and teaching lessons. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3117#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:44+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:46:45+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (17.78 x 22.86)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400322","ISBN: 2355400326","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Pages: 304","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School"],"price":2999,"price_min":2999,"price_max":2999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488183118,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAT3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Book: Level 3","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2999,"weight":312,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400322"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_47f4abb2-824a-4d94-9937-c69b2a7a0000.jpg?v=1515666707"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_47f4abb2-824a-4d94-9937-c69b2a7a0000.jpg?v=1515666707","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis teacher’s guide aims to provide teachers with the most efficient methods of teaching and achieving intended goals. General instruction areas and suggested ideas for teaching lessons make this guide a must-have for teachers. There is also a distributed schedule for the student book. The level 1 student book consists of 16 units with each unit divided into 7 lessons. Teachers can distribute lessons in 12 classes as follows: Dialog consists of 3 classes, conversation requires 2 classes, new vocabulary takes 2 classes, reading and writing consist of 3 classes each, grammar is 1 class and composition is 1 class.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book presents each lesson with the following instructions: 1) the expected goals should be achieved at the end of each lesson, 2) support materials help maintain the teaching process, 3) gradual approach for processing and teaching lessons. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3117#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339584270,"title":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Textbook: Level 4","handle":"i-love-and-learn-the-arabic-language-textbook-level-4","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love and Learn Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 9 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eLet’s Talk: Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on Arabic and Islamic cultures. \u003cbr\u003eSection reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples.\u003cbr\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of excersises include:\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms.\u003cbr\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003cbr\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound.\u003cbr\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises.\u003cbr\u003eDictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons. Handwriting: Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eConsists of:\u003cbr\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices. Posters to be used as classroom visual aids. Audio tapes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB4.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3038#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:16:58+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:16:59+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2011","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400148","ISBN: 2355400148","Language: Arabic","Manual Price","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220438542,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAA4","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Textbook: Level 4","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":299,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":10,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400148"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_ae780612-59d0-487f-bdda-cbba09ea0bca.jpg?v=1515666695"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_ae780612-59d0-487f-bdda-cbba09ea0bca.jpg?v=1515666695","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love and Learn Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 9 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eLet’s Talk: Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on Arabic and Islamic cultures. \u003cbr\u003eSection reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples.\u003cbr\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of excersises include:\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms.\u003cbr\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003cbr\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound.\u003cbr\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises.\u003cbr\u003eDictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons. Handwriting: Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eConsists of:\u003cbr\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices. Posters to be used as classroom visual aids. Audio tapes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB4.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3038#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339586894,"title":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Workbook: Level 4","handle":"i-love-and-learn-the-arabic-language-workbook-level-4","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love and Learn Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 9 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eLet’s Talk: Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on Arabic and Islamic cultures. \u003cbr\u003eSection reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples.\u003cbr\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of excersises include:\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms.\u003cbr\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003cbr\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound.\u003cbr\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises.\u003cbr\u003eDictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons. Handwriting: Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eConsists of:\u003cbr\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices. Posters to be used as classroom visual aids. Audio tapes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB4.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3039#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:16+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:16+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Publishing Date: 12\/10\/2010","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400155","ISBN: 2355400156","Language: Arabic","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220456590,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAW4","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Workbook: Level 4","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":309,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":10,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400155"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_5bad57ba-142e-4584-9bff-a40cbfa088fe.jpg?v=1515666696"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_5bad57ba-142e-4584-9bff-a40cbfa088fe.jpg?v=1515666696","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love and Learn Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 9 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eLet’s Talk: Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on Arabic and Islamic cultures. \u003cbr\u003eSection reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples.\u003cbr\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of excersises include:\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms.\u003cbr\u003eWriting Composition: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills.\u003cbr\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound.\u003cbr\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises.\u003cbr\u003eDictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons. Handwriting: Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eConsists of:\u003cbr\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices. Posters to be used as classroom visual aids. Audio tapes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB4.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3039#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373479630,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language - Teacher Book : Level 4","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-teacher-book-level-4","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\"I Love Arabic and I learn It\" is a series to teach the Arabic language to non-Arabic speakers. It covers the levels of elementary education (from level four to eight- from 9 to 13 years old) and it is a complementary learning tool for the Arabic series for kindergarten (3 to 5 years). It is ideal for use with the “I love Arabic Language” series and the “I Learn Arabic – Simplified Curriculum” (Elementary Levels: 6 to 8 years). It is an advanced educational curriculum that presents Arabic in an exciting educational way. It also meets the needs of non-Arabic speaking children living in the West. It’s distinguished by integration and containment. It identifies language as a group of public skills and private activities that a teacher can help a child acquire through communication, discovery and comprehension to assist students in learning.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\n \r\nThis series aims to achieve Arabic language learning for children using modern teaching methods that include: Lingual Adequacy (which includes the four lingual skills: listening ,reading, writing and speaking- and the three lingual elements: sounds, vocabulary and syntax), Communicational Adequacy ( the ability to contact with native speakers speaking and writing), Cultural Adequacy( an understanding of the Islamic Arabic culture presented in an exciting and attractive style for children at this age. Supplies students with kinds of common public cultural issues between children in the West at this stage). \r\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3118#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:39+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:40+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Edition: 1st","Dimensions: (15.24 x 22.86)","First Publishing Date: 01\/01\/2013","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355401152","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Pages: 186","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: Spiral Bind","Theme: School"],"price":2999,"price_min":2999,"price_max":2999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488252878,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAT4","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language - Teacher Book : Level 4","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2999,"weight":304,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355401152"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_89b3f95d-5d17-4183-9e72-b83736818f78.jpg?v=1515666743"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_89b3f95d-5d17-4183-9e72-b83736818f78.jpg?v=1515666743","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\"I Love Arabic and I learn It\" is a series to teach the Arabic language to non-Arabic speakers. It covers the levels of elementary education (from level four to eight- from 9 to 13 years old) and it is a complementary learning tool for the Arabic series for kindergarten (3 to 5 years). It is ideal for use with the “I love Arabic Language” series and the “I Learn Arabic – Simplified Curriculum” (Elementary Levels: 6 to 8 years). It is an advanced educational curriculum that presents Arabic in an exciting educational way. It also meets the needs of non-Arabic speaking children living in the West. It’s distinguished by integration and containment. It identifies language as a group of public skills and private activities that a teacher can help a child acquire through communication, discovery and comprehension to assist students in learning.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\n \r\nThis series aims to achieve Arabic language learning for children using modern teaching methods that include: Lingual Adequacy (which includes the four lingual skills: listening ,reading, writing and speaking- and the three lingual elements: sounds, vocabulary and syntax), Communicational Adequacy ( the ability to contact with native speakers speaking and writing), Cultural Adequacy( an understanding of the Islamic Arabic culture presented in an exciting and attractive style for children at this age. Supplies students with kinds of common public cultural issues between children in the West at this stage). \r\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3118#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339584590,"title":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Textbook: Level 5","handle":"i-love-and-learn-the-arabic-language-textbook-level-5","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately.\u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum uses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction and take into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Student Text:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/u\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 10 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eLet’s Talk: Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on Arabic and Islamic cultures. Section reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples.\u003cbr\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe patterns of exercises include:\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms.\u003cbr\u003eHandwriting: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills, where students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound.\u003cbr\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises.\u003cbr\u003eDictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConsists of:\u003cbr\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003cbr\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids. Audio tapes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB5.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3040#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:00+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:01+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2012","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400865","Language: Arabic","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220438990,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAA5","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Textbook: Level 5","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":309,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":10,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400162"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_dda45899-dd8c-4ded-8b47-f0f2b5dd20ea.jpg?v=1515666697"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_dda45899-dd8c-4ded-8b47-f0f2b5dd20ea.jpg?v=1515666697","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately.\u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum uses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction and take into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Student Text:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/u\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 10 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eLet’s Talk: Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on Arabic and Islamic cultures. Section reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples.\u003cbr\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe patterns of exercises include:\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms.\u003cbr\u003eHandwriting: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills, where students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound.\u003cbr\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises.\u003cbr\u003eDictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConsists of:\u003cbr\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003cbr\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids. Audio tapes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB5.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3040#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339587214,"title":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Workbook: Level 5","handle":"i-love-and-learn-the-arabic-language-workbook-level-5","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately.\u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum uses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction and take into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 10 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet’s Talk: Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on Arabic and Islamic cultures. Section reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. \u003c\/b\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. \u003c\/b\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe patterns of excersises include: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandwriting: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills, where students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/u\u003eConsists of:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide:Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_WB5.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3041#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:17+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:18+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400179","ISBN: 2355400172","Language: Arabic","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220457614,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAW5","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Workbook: Level 5","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":306,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":9,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400179"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_be0ddde4-1f67-49a7-b62e-e60383d42267.jpg?v=1515666698"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_be0ddde4-1f67-49a7-b62e-e60383d42267.jpg?v=1515666698","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately.\u003cbr\u003eThe curriculum uses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction and take into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 10 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet’s Talk: Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on Arabic and Islamic cultures. Section reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. \u003c\/b\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. \u003c\/b\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe patterns of excersises include: \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandwriting: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills, where students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/u\u003eConsists of:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide:Tips on efficient teaching practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_WB5.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3041#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373479886,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language - Teacher Book : Level 5","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-teacher-book-level-5","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\"I Love Arabic and I learn It\" is a series to teach the Arabic language to non-Arabic speakers. It covers the levels of elementary education (from level four to eight- from 9 to 13 years old) and it is a complementary learning tool for the Arabic series for kindergarten (3 to 5 years). It is ideal for use with the “I love Arabic Language” series and the “I Learn Arabic – Simplified Curriculum” (Elementary Levels: 6 to 8 years). It is an advanced educational curriculum that presents Arabic in an exciting educational way. It also meets the needs of non-Arabic speaking children living in the West. It’s distinguished by integration and containment. It identifies language as a group of public skills and private activities that a teacher can help a child acquire through communication, discovery and comprehension to assist students in learning.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\nThis series aims to achieve Arabic language learning for children using modern teaching methods that include: Lingual Adequacy (which includes the four lingual skills: listening ,reading, writing and speaking- and the three lingual elements: sounds, vocabulary and syntax), Communicational Adequacy ( the ability to contact with native speakers speaking and writing), Cultural Adequacy( an understanding of the Islamic Arabic culture presented in an exciting and attractive style for children at this age. Supplies students with kinds of common public cultural issues between children in the West at this stage).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3119#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:40+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:41+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Edition: 1st","Dimensions: (15.24 x 22.86)","First Publishing Date: 01\/01\/2013","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400346","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Pages: 186","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: Spiral Bind","Theme: School"],"price":2999,"price_min":2999,"price_max":2999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488253070,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAT5","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language - Teacher Book : Level 5","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2999,"weight":306,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":2,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355401169"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_da0da619-f8f3-4534-86eb-4bb066bb64dd.jpg?v=1515666743"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_da0da619-f8f3-4534-86eb-4bb066bb64dd.jpg?v=1515666743","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\"I Love Arabic and I learn It\" is a series to teach the Arabic language to non-Arabic speakers. It covers the levels of elementary education (from level four to eight- from 9 to 13 years old) and it is a complementary learning tool for the Arabic series for kindergarten (3 to 5 years). It is ideal for use with the “I love Arabic Language” series and the “I Learn Arabic – Simplified Curriculum” (Elementary Levels: 6 to 8 years). It is an advanced educational curriculum that presents Arabic in an exciting educational way. It also meets the needs of non-Arabic speaking children living in the West. It’s distinguished by integration and containment. It identifies language as a group of public skills and private activities that a teacher can help a child acquire through communication, discovery and comprehension to assist students in learning.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\nThis series aims to achieve Arabic language learning for children using modern teaching methods that include: Lingual Adequacy (which includes the four lingual skills: listening ,reading, writing and speaking- and the three lingual elements: sounds, vocabulary and syntax), Communicational Adequacy ( the ability to contact with native speakers speaking and writing), Cultural Adequacy( an understanding of the Islamic Arabic culture presented in an exciting and attractive style for children at this age. Supplies students with kinds of common public cultural issues between children in the West at this stage).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3119#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339584782,"title":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Textbook: Level 6","handle":"i-love-and-learn-the-arabic-language-textbook-level-6","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately. The curriculum uses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction and take into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 11 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eLet’s Talk: Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on\u003cbr\u003eArabic and Islamic cultures. Section reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples.\u003cbr\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include:\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms.\u003cbr\u003eHandwriting: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills where Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound.\u003cbr\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises. Dictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConsists of:\u003cbr\u003eTeacher Guide:\u003cbr\u003eTips on efficient teaching practices.\u003cbr\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003cbr\u003eAudio tapes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB6.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3042#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:01+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:02+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400186","ISBN: 2355400180","Language: Arabic","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220440398,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAA6","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Textbook: Level 6","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":306,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":8,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400186"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_f9954fc7-4492-4ce9-b775-4947d268ab4e.jpg?v=1515666698"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_f9954fc7-4492-4ce9-b775-4947d268ab4e.jpg?v=1515666698","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately. The curriculum uses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction and take into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 11 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly:\u003cbr\u003eLet’s Talk: Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception.\u003cbr\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key.\u003cbr\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers.\u003cbr\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on\u003cbr\u003eArabic and Islamic cultures. Section reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation.\u003cbr\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples.\u003cbr\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include:\u003cbr\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions.\u003cbr\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms.\u003cbr\u003eHandwriting: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills where Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions.\u003cbr\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound.\u003cbr\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises. Dictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons.\u003cbr\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConsists of:\u003cbr\u003eTeacher Guide:\u003cbr\u003eTips on efficient teaching practices.\u003cbr\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids\u003cbr\u003eAudio tapes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_TB6.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#ff0000\" style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3042#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339587342,"title":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Workbook: Level 6","handle":"i-love-and-learn-the-arabic-language-workbook-level-6","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately. The curriculum uses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction and take into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 11 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly: \r\n\u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eLet’s Talk:Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on Arabic and Islamic cultures. Section reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. \u003c\/b\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. \u003c\/b\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include: \r\n\u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandwriting: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills where Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eConsists of: \r\n\u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \r\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_WB6.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#ff0000\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3043#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:18+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:19+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (22.86 x 27.94)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2007","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400193","ISBN: 2355400199","Language: Arabic","Pages: 64","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":899,"price_min":899,"price_max":899,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220459726,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAW6","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Workbook: Level 6","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":899,"weight":303,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":7,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355400193"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_44fafa12-b173-42db-9004-d6c3abf2adea.jpg?v=1515666699"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_44fafa12-b173-42db-9004-d6c3abf2adea.jpg?v=1515666699","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThis series provides a new, integrated approach to teaching Arabic to non-Arabic speakers and is the first European curriculum to equip students with the skills needed to start speaking Arabic almost immediately. The curriculum uses guide-art methods and techniques recommended by experts in foreign-language instruction and take into account the unique nature of the Arabic language and its distinct characteristics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e1. Student Text:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe student text is the first step of I Love Arabic Series (from 11 years old) and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, and teacher case. The text is comprised of 7 units discussing critical issues of a child’s world.\u003cbr\u003eEach unit is divided accordingly: \r\n\u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eLet’s Talk:Simple passages are the base for learning linguistic structures of sounds, vocabularies, expressions, and syntax structures. This section aims at facilitating the learning and teaching processes of Arabic. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: Vocabulary words are taken directly from reading dialogue. They are combined with graphics to further student understanding and sensory perception. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Structures: Learn basic Arabic structures through illustrations and examples complete with answer key. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversation: Conversational exercises encourage students to participate in classroom activities, apply reading material within dialogue, and ultimately become fluent speakers. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading: Reading passages include various cultural subjects with a variety of expressions concentrating on Arabic and Islamic cultures. Section reading goals include:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. \u003c\/b\u003eSilent sustained reading with complete understanding of content.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. \u003c\/b\u003eStudents read the passages aloud, so teachers can correct pronunciation. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSounds: Students repeat sounds after listening to unit examples. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOral Expression: Each unit includes an assignment to answer questions based on illustrations.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e2. Workbook:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eThe patterns of exercises include: \r\n\u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eReading Comprehension: Exercises aimed at determining the level of children’s comprehension for the meaning of dialogue expressions. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVocabulary: New vocabulary words concentrate on synonyms and antonyms. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandwriting: This section focuses on word expressions and sentences to reinforce more complete writing skills where Students practice writing Arabic letters, words, and then expressions. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrammar: A special concentration of theory and practice make learning grammar easier to understand. This section assists students with written and oral expressions skills that will improve their overall thinking and pronunciation sound. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLinguistics: Each unit introduces specific linguistic skills regularly accompanied with examples and exercises. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDictation: Fill in the blank exercises reinforces grammar and spelling lessons. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIllustrated Dictionary: An illustrated dictionary appears at the end of the workbook and includes word sets found throughout the lessons making memorization easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003e3. Teacher Case:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eConsists of: \r\n\u003cul\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003eTeacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosters to be used as classroom visual aids. \r\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio tapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \r\n\u003cp align=\"center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.com\/site\/ILoveandLearntheArabic_WB6.pdf\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cfont color=\"#ff0000\"\u003eFor more information in Arabic...\u003c\/font\u003e\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3043#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373480014,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language - Teacher Book : Level 6","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-teacher-book-level-6","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\"I Love Arabic and I learn It\" is a series to teach the Arabic language to non-Arabic speakers. It covers the levels of elementary education (from level four to eight- from 9 to 13 years old) and it is a complementary learning tool for the Arabic series for kindergarten (3 to 5 years). It is ideal for use with the “I love Arabic Language” series and the “I Learn Arabic – Simplified Curriculum” (Elementary Levels: 6 to 8 years). It is an advanced educational curriculum that presents Arabic in an exciting educational way. It also meets the needs of non-Arabic speaking children living in the West. It’s distinguished by integration and containment. It identifies language as a group of public skills and private activities that a teacher can help a child acquire through communication, discovery and comprehension to assist students in learning.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\nThis series aims to achieve Arabic language learning for children using modern teaching methods that include: Lingual Adequacy (which includes the four lingual skills: listening ,reading, writing and speaking- and the three lingual elements: sounds, vocabulary and syntax), Communicational Adequacy ( the ability to contact with native speakers speaking and writing), Cultural Adequacy( an understanding of the Islamic Arabic culture presented in an exciting and attractive style for children at this age. Supplies students with kinds of common public cultural issues between children in the West at this stage).\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\nTeacher’s Guidebook: Aims to provide the teacher with the lesson's progress steps that will help teach in an effective way to achieve the best results. It may include general instructions for the teacher and suggestions on the method of teaching. \r\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3120#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:42+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:47:42+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Current Edition: 1st","Current Publishing Date: 01\/01\/2013","Dimensions: (15.24 x 22.86)","First Publishing Date: 01\/01\/2013","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400353","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Pages: 94","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: Spiral Bind","Theme: School"],"price":2999,"price_min":2999,"price_max":2999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39488255502,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAT6","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language - Teacher Book : Level 6","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2999,"weight":278,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":2,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9782355401176"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_0d4633e0-9eeb-434d-b4ba-9f5225fc8141.jpg?v=1515666744"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_0d4633e0-9eeb-434d-b4ba-9f5225fc8141.jpg?v=1515666744","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\"I Love Arabic and I learn It\" is a series to teach the Arabic language to non-Arabic speakers. It covers the levels of elementary education (from level four to eight- from 9 to 13 years old) and it is a complementary learning tool for the Arabic series for kindergarten (3 to 5 years). It is ideal for use with the “I love Arabic Language” series and the “I Learn Arabic – Simplified Curriculum” (Elementary Levels: 6 to 8 years). It is an advanced educational curriculum that presents Arabic in an exciting educational way. It also meets the needs of non-Arabic speaking children living in the West. It’s distinguished by integration and containment. It identifies language as a group of public skills and private activities that a teacher can help a child acquire through communication, discovery and comprehension to assist students in learning.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\nThis series aims to achieve Arabic language learning for children using modern teaching methods that include: Lingual Adequacy (which includes the four lingual skills: listening ,reading, writing and speaking- and the three lingual elements: sounds, vocabulary and syntax), Communicational Adequacy ( the ability to contact with native speakers speaking and writing), Cultural Adequacy( an understanding of the Islamic Arabic culture presented in an exciting and attractive style for children at this age. Supplies students with kinds of common public cultural issues between children in the West at this stage).\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\nTeacher’s Guidebook: Aims to provide the teacher with the lesson's progress steps that will help teach in an effective way to achieve the best results. It may include general instructions for the teacher and suggestions on the method of teaching. \r\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3120#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373953038,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Teacher Case: Level Pre-K 1 (3 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-teacher-case-level-pre-k-1-3-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-style: italic;\"\u003eI Learn Arabic\u003c\/span\u003e series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 40 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to children who are non-native speakers. The curriculum is designed as a follow-up to the \u003cspan style=\"font-style: italic;\"\u003eArabic in Kindergarten\u003c\/span\u003e series for ages 3-5. It is especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. \u003cspan style=\"font-style: italic;\"\u003eI Learn Arabic\u003c\/span\u003e provides a systematized course especially designed for students living in the West. The curriculum helps develop Arabic-language fluency through a series of exercises that build important skills learned through practical conversations and other activities. As they progress, students will gain confidence reading, writing, and speaking Arabic. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003eThe student text is the first step of \u003cspan style=\"font-style: italic;\"\u003eI Learn Arabic\u003c\/span\u003e series and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e113 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”) \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=4121#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:12+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:13+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (44.45 x 33.02)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: (Box) Included 17 posters \u0026 113 cards","Theme: School"],"price":14999,"price_min":14999,"price_max":14999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39491705550,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAPK1TC","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Teacher Case: Level Pre-K 1 (3 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14999,"weight":1501,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"CBUAAPK1TC"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_35d1d807-d92d-467a-93b1-1efe9aaca13d.jpg?v=1515668709"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_35d1d807-d92d-467a-93b1-1efe9aaca13d.jpg?v=1515668709","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-style: italic;\"\u003eI Learn Arabic\u003c\/span\u003e series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 40 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to children who are non-native speakers. The curriculum is designed as a follow-up to the \u003cspan style=\"font-style: italic;\"\u003eArabic in Kindergarten\u003c\/span\u003e series for ages 3-5. It is especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. \u003cspan style=\"font-style: italic;\"\u003eI Learn Arabic\u003c\/span\u003e provides a systematized course especially designed for students living in the West. The curriculum helps develop Arabic-language fluency through a series of exercises that build important skills learned through practical conversations and other activities. As they progress, students will gain confidence reading, writing, and speaking Arabic. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003eThe student text is the first step of \u003cspan style=\"font-style: italic;\"\u003eI Learn Arabic\u003c\/span\u003e series and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e113 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”) \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=4121#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373953230,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Teacher Case: Level Pre-K 2 (4 - 5 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-teacher-case-level-pre-k-2-4-5-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eI Learn Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 40 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to children who are non-native speakers. The curriculum is designed as a follow-up to the Arabic in Kindergarten series for ages 3-5; especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. “I Learn Arabic” provides a systemized course especially designed for students living in the West. The curriculum helps develop Arabic-language fluency through a series of exercises that build important skills learned through practical conversations and other activities. As they progress, students will gain confidence reading, writing, and speaking Arabic. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3. A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003eThe student text is the first step of “I Learn Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e316 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”) \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=4122#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:13+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:14+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (33.02 x 45.72)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: (Box) Included 18 posters and 316 cards","Theme: School"],"price":14999,"price_min":14999,"price_max":14999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39491705742,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAPK2TC","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Teacher Case: Level Pre-K 2 (4 - 5 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14999,"weight":3141,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"CBUAAPK2TC"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_704e16e3-3e8b-4e73-8689-4c38f7196c83.jpg?v=1515668710"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_704e16e3-3e8b-4e73-8689-4c38f7196c83.jpg?v=1515668710","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eI Learn Arabic Series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 40 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to children who are non-native speakers. The curriculum is designed as a follow-up to the Arabic in Kindergarten series for ages 3-5; especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. “I Learn Arabic” provides a systemized course especially designed for students living in the West. The curriculum helps develop Arabic-language fluency through a series of exercises that build important skills learned through practical conversations and other activities. As they progress, students will gain confidence reading, writing, and speaking Arabic. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3. A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003eThe student text is the first step of “I Learn Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e316 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”) \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=4122#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10339585678,"title":"Arabic in Kindergarten Teacher Case: KG level (5-6 Years)","handle":"arabic-in-kindergarten-teacher-case-kg-level-5-6-years","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003eI Learn Arabic\u003c\/i\u003e series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 40 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to children who are non-native speakers. The curriculum is designed as a follow-up to the Arabic in Kindergarten series for ages 3-5; especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. “I Learn Arabic” provides a systemized course especially designed for students living in the West. The curriculum helps develop Arabic-language fluency through a series of exercises that build important skills learned through practical conversations and other activities. As they progress, students will gain confidence reading, writing, and speaking Arabic. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3. A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003eThe student text is the first step of “I Learn Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Teacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices for books. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e341 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”) \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3086#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:08+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-13T14:17:09+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Pre-K - 2nd Level","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (33.02 x 45.72)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400650","ISBN: 2355400652","Language: Arabic","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: (Box) Included 14 posters \u0026 341 cards and 1 Teacher book","Theme: School","Titem"],"price":14999,"price_min":14999,"price_max":14999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39220447886,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAAKTC3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Arabic in Kindergarten Teacher Case: KG level (5-6 Years)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14999,"weight":2722,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"CBUAAKTC3"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_1b2edd51-4ecc-451a-8cf7-61c1fce22748.jpg?v=1515668708"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_1b2edd51-4ecc-451a-8cf7-61c1fce22748.jpg?v=1515668708","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003eI Learn Arabic\u003c\/i\u003e series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 40 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to children who are non-native speakers. The curriculum is designed as a follow-up to the Arabic in Kindergarten series for ages 3-5; especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. “I Learn Arabic” provides a systemized course especially designed for students living in the West. The curriculum helps develop Arabic-language fluency through a series of exercises that build important skills learned through practical conversations and other activities. As they progress, students will gain confidence reading, writing, and speaking Arabic. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3. A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003eThe student text is the first step of “I Learn Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Teacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices for books. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e341 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”) \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3086#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373953422,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 1","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-teacher-case-level-1","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the \r\n Arabic language to non-native speakers, and is especially beneficial to those who have limited time available to commit to Arabic \r\n during the week. It makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: kindergarten level for ages 3-5 and levels 1-6 for \r\n ages 6-11. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words, and conversation) enable the learner to generate language accurately using \r\n a variety of highly successful modern techniques. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese sections present the Arabic language clearly to meet the needs of Western \r\n learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners \r\n to deal confidently with Arabic culture, using different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Reading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on any spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003e Careful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence while preparing the student to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003e A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e \r\n\u003c\/ol\u003e \r\nThe student text is the first step of the I Love Arabic series and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case. \r\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\nThis Teacher Case consists of: \r\n\u003col\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003e Teacher Guide: tips on efficient teaching practices \u003c\/li\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003e 28 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (each poster size: 13” x 18”)\u003c\/li\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003e 786 cards (each card size 4” x 6”)\"\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3121#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:14+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:15+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (33.02 x 45.72)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400667","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: (Box) Included 28 posters \u0026 786 cards and 1 Teacher book","Theme: School"],"price":14999,"price_min":14999,"price_max":14999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39491708942,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAATC1","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 1","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14999,"weight":5647,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"CBUAATC1"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_b4b75960-6484-4ce7-b749-d8e1713defa5.jpg?v=1515668711"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_b4b75960-6484-4ce7-b749-d8e1713defa5.jpg?v=1515668711","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003eThe I Love Arabic series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the \r\n Arabic language to non-native speakers, and is especially beneficial to those who have limited time available to commit to Arabic \r\n during the week. It makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: kindergarten level for ages 3-5 and levels 1-6 for \r\n ages 6-11. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words, and conversation) enable the learner to generate language accurately using \r\n a variety of highly successful modern techniques. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese sections present the Arabic language clearly to meet the needs of Western \r\n learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners \r\n to deal confidently with Arabic culture, using different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \r\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Reading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on any spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003e Careful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence while preparing the student to communicate with native Arabic speakers.\u003c\/li\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003e A presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e \r\n\u003c\/ol\u003e \r\nThe student text is the first step of the I Love Arabic series and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case. \r\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \r\nThis Teacher Case consists of: \r\n\u003col\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003e Teacher Guide: tips on efficient teaching practices \u003c\/li\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003e 28 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (each poster size: 13” x 18”)\u003c\/li\u003e \r\n\u003cli\u003e 786 cards (each card size 4” x 6”)\"\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3121#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373953614,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 2","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-teacher-case-level-2","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003eI Love Arabic\u003c\/i\u003e series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003eThe student text is the first step of “I Love Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Teacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices for books. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e903 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3122#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:16+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:17+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (33.02 x 45.72)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400674","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: (Box) Included 48 posters \u0026 903 cards and 1 Teacher book","Theme: School"],"price":14999,"price_min":14999,"price_max":14999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39491710670,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAATC2","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14999,"weight":6705,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"CBUAATC2"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_af43149f-43cd-4e28-9d7d-81f0cc4c07cd.jpg?v=1515668712"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_af43149f-43cd-4e28-9d7d-81f0cc4c07cd.jpg?v=1515668712","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003eI Love Arabic\u003c\/i\u003e series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003eThe student text is the first step of “I Love Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Teacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices for books. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e903 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3122#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373953870,"title":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 3","handle":"i-love-the-arabic-language-teacher-case-level-3","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003eI Love Arabic\u003c\/i\u003e series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003eThe student text is the first step of “I Love Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Teacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices for books. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e593 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3123#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:17+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:18+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (33.02 x 45.72)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400681","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: (Box) Included 50 posters \u0026 593 cards and 1 Teacher book","Theme: School"],"price":14999,"price_min":14999,"price_max":14999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39491711118,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAATC3","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love The Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 3","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14999,"weight":5287,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"CBUAATC3"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_2b817858-481a-4555-af81-e0cd0fa47d53.jpg?v=1515668712"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_2b817858-481a-4555-af81-e0cd0fa47d53.jpg?v=1515668712","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003eI Love Arabic\u003c\/i\u003e series comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003eThe student text is the first step of “I Love Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Teacher Guide: Tips on efficient teaching practices for books. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e593 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3123#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373954062,"title":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 4","handle":"i-love-and-learn-the-arabic-language-teacher-case-level-4","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e“I Love Arabic Series” comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e The student text is the first step of “I Love Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e29 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e236 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3124#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:18+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:19+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (33.02 x 45.72)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400698","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: (Box) Included 29 posters and 236 cards","Theme: School"],"price":14999,"price_min":14999,"price_max":14999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39491713550,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAATC4","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 4","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14999,"weight":2654,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"CBUAATC4"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_fa404b5b-3fbf-4913-ae12-66e08c05cef5.jpg?v=1515668713"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_fa404b5b-3fbf-4913-ae12-66e08c05cef5.jpg?v=1515668713","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e“I Love Arabic Series” comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e The student text is the first step of “I Love Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e29 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e236 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3124#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373411470,"title":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 5","handle":"i-love-and-learn-the-arabic-language-teacher-case-level-5","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e“I Love Arabic Series” comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e The student text is the first step of “I Love Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e29 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e208 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3125#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T10:39:03+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T10:39:03+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (33.02 x 45.72)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400704","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: (Box) Included 29 posters and 208 cards","Theme: School"],"price":14999,"price_min":14999,"price_max":14999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39487657550,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAATC5","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 5","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14999,"weight":2475,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"9781590080559"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_61b3d17b-364a-4180-b762-e0b08b2c0fa9.jpg?v=1515666398"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_61b3d17b-364a-4180-b762-e0b08b2c0fa9.jpg?v=1515666398","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e“I Love Arabic Series” comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e The student text is the first step of “I Love Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e29 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e208 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3125#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}

{"id":10373954254,"title":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 6","handle":"i-love-and-learn-the-arabic-language-teacher-case-level-6","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e“I Love Arabic Series” comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e The student text is the first step of “I Love Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e173 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3126#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:20+01:00","created_at":"2017-04-18T11:46:21+01:00","vendor":"France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere _ V and C France - Editions Jeunesse Sans Frontiere","type":"Arabic Curriculum","tags":["Ages: Elementary School","Author: Dr. Al Habeeb Al Affass","Dimensions: (33.02 x 45.72)","First Publishing Date: 07\/01\/2008","Format: Paperback","ISBN-13: 9782355400711","Language: Arabic","Nitem","Publisher: JSF Editions (Jeunesse Sans Frontiere)","Remarks: (Box) Included 30 poster and 173 cards","Theme: School"],"price":14999,"price_min":14999,"price_max":14999,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":39491716622,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"TCBUAATC6","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"I Love and Learn the Arabic Language Teacher Case: Level 6","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":14999,"weight":2350,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":2,"inventory_management":"shopify","inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"CBUAATC6"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_11a98a1d-92dd-44f1-a689-afdc639c33d8.jpg?v=1515668714"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1902\/6745\/products\/page_1_11a98a1d-92dd-44f1-a689-afdc639c33d8.jpg?v=1515668714","options":["Title"],"content":"\u003cdiv class=\"panel-group\" id=\"accordion\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel panel-default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"panel-heading\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"panel-title\"\u003e\u003ca data-toggle=\"collapse\" data-parent=\"#accordion\" href=\"#collapse2\"\u003eDetailed Description:\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"collapse2\" class=\"panel-collapse collapse\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"color: black;\" class=\"panel-body\"\u003e“I Love Arabic Series” comes to you from expert language teachers living in over 41 European countries. It focuses on teaching the Arabic language to non-native speakers, especially benefiting those who have little time to commit to Arabic throughout the weekdays, and makes learning easy by covering several educational levels: Kindergarten level for ages 3-5 years old and levels 1-6 for ages 6-11 years old. Three systematic divisions (sounds, words and syntactical structure, and conversational practices) enable the learner to generate language accurately in a variety of highly successful modern techniques. These focus sections present the Arabic language clearly and inclusively to meet the needs of Western learners. This curriculum develops fluency by communication, discovery, realization, and then application. It helps Arabic learners to deal confidently with Arabic culture, plus different types of reading and listening passages:\u003cbr\u003e \u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eReading techniques are developed through the study of a wide selection of authentic reading passages, including classic Arabic without concentration on spoken dialect. Regular vocabulary exercises examine word building techniques. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareful balances of authentic and scripted listening materials build confidence whilst offering the ability to communicate with native Arabic speakers. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA presentation of Arabic culture patterns help Western children to connect with their Arabic speaking peers in other parts of the world.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e The student text is the first step of “I Love Arabic Series” and is supported by a comprehensive workbook, handwriting book, teacher book and teacher case.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cu\u003eThis Teacher Case Consists of:\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 Posters to be used as classroom visual aids (Each poster size: 13” x 18”).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e173 cards (Each card size 4” x 6”)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ccenter\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.noorart.net\/noorartiv\/iv\/BookViewer.php?nrt_iv_id=3126#lnkNABV_Photo_1\" button=\"\" type=\"button\" style=\"background-color: #962a2a; color: white; padding: 14px 40px;\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eSample Preview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}